‫ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪www.onlinedoctranslator.

com -‬‬

‫ﻓﻬﻢﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬
‫&‬
‫ﺭﺣﻠﺔﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺟﻤﻌﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭﻛﻮﻧﺪﺍ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻤﺨﺎﻥ‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏﺍﻻﻟﻴﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪:‬‬

‫©ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻛﻮﻧﺪﺍ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻤﺨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺐ‬

‫ﻧﺴﺨﺔ‪2013‬‬

‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ‪. Poornam2012@rediffmail.com :‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 2-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ؟ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﺎﺩﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻫﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻨﻲ ﻭﻟﺪﺕ ﻭﺗﺮﻋﺮﻋﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻼﺩ‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥﻏﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻇﻞ ﺟﻮ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮﺍﻛﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻱﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺮﻣﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻋﺘﻲﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺠﻠﺔ ‪ ،Science Today‬ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺰﺯﺓ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻠﺔ‪ Scientific American‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺟﻌﻠﺘﻨﻲ ﺃﺩﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﺉﻤﺎً ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎءﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺳﻴﺔ‪،‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﺣﻤﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ‪) MS‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻨﻮﻥ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻴﺔ ﺻﺪﺭ ﺳﺘﺮﺗﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻨﺖﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺄﻟﺒﺮﺕ ﺃﻳﻨﺸﺘﺎﻳﻦ ﻭﻣﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻮﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻃﻤﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻥﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﺎً ﻧﻮﻭﻳﺎً ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎء ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔﺷﺎءﺕ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺒﻄﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺷﻲءﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﻡ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺳﺄﻟﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﻬﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺟﻮﻻﺗﻬﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﺡ‪" :‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻃﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ؟" ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﺪﻱ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬ﻓﺸﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ‪X‬‬

‫‪-‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻤﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢِ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻢﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﺳﺎﺗﺬﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍً‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﻭﺍ ﻓﻲ ‪) GOK‬ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ(‬

‫‪.‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼﻧﻲ ﻣﻌﺘﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ؟ ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻧﺴﺐ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓﻏﺎﻣﻀﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺻﻠﺖﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺨﻤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ‪ ،‬ﺃﺑﻘﻴﺖ ﻋﻴﻨﻲ ﻭﺃﺫﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺘﻴﻦﻟﻠﺸﻔﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺉﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ "ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ"‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﻨﺎﻙﻛﺎﻥﻛﺜﻴﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 3-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪﺃﻥ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺖ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺟﺎﻟﻴﻠﻴﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻧﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﻘﺘﻨﻌﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲء ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺎ ﻭﻋﻘﻼﻧﻴﺎ ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺉﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻠﺰﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎء‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻦ ﻃﻴﺐ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢﻣﺜﻞ "ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ" ﺃﻭ "ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ" ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻭﺟﻬﺘﻨﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﻣﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎء‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﻫﺸﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﻔﺖ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺑﺤﺎﺙﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺍً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺭﻓﺾ ﻃﺒﻴﺐ ﻋﺎﺉﻠﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‪ .‬ﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍً‪،‬‬
‫ﺷﻌﺮﺕﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻮﺯﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﺞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺟﺴﻴﻢﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪" ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﺭﻣﺎ"‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻈﺮﺍًﻷﻥ "ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ" ﻟﻴﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺴﻲ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﺘﺒﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻟﺔﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﺭﻳﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ‪،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻨﺸﺘﺎﻳﻦ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﻭﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻﻳﻬﺪﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲء ﻷﻭﻟﺉﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء ﺑـ "ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺮﻳﺔ" ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺗﻬﻢﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﺄﻛﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻌﻴﺪﺍًﺑﺎﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺻﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽﻟﻸﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺉﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﻌﺜﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻮﻙ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻜﻮﻙ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 4-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻙ‪.‬ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺠﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻭ ﻫﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺤﺼﻞﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺆﻟﻒ‬

‫ﺇﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ‬

‫ﺃﺷﻜﺮﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻟﻔﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻨﻲ ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺷﺎﺭﻛﻮﺍﻗﺼﺼﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 5-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺰءﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪- 9-............. .................................................. ................................................................‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ‪- 9-..... .................................................. .................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪- 11-........... .................................................. ................................................ 1‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞﺍﻟﻔﻀﻮﻟﻲ ‪- 11-................................................ ...........................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥﺑﺎﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪- 12-................................ ........................................... :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪- 25-........... .................................................. ................................................ 2‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ ‪- 25-................................ ...........................................‬‬

‫ﺃﺑﺤﺎﺙ‪- 27- .................................................. ........................................... :OBE‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪- 28-........... .................................................. ................................................ 3‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻌﺔﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ ‪- 28-........................... ...........................................‬‬

‫ﻗﺼﺔﻛﺎﺛﺮﻳﻦ ‪- 28-.............................................. ...........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻌﺔﻭﺍﻟﺸﻚ ‪- 29-................................ ...............................‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ ‪- 31-................................................ ..............................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪- 41-........... .................................................. ................................................ 4‬‬

‫ﺑﻨﻴﺔﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ‪- 41-................................... ...........................................‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻮﺓ ﻭﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﻍ‪- 42-................................ ........................................... :‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺕﺍﻟﻜﺎﺷﻴﺔ ‪- 44-........................................................... ...........................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪- 46-........... .................................................. ................................................ 5‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 6-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﺍء ‪- 46-................................................ ...........................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ‪- 48-................... .................................................:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺒﻴﺔ )‪- 48-................... ............... :(NLP‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﺭﺍﻹﺑﺪﺍﻋﻲ‪- 49-................................................ ........................................... :‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪- 53-........... .................................................. ................................................ 6‬‬

‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ ‪- 53 ............................................ ............................‬‬

‫ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ )‪- 53-............................. ................................................(NDE‬‬

‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‪- 59-............................. ........................................... :‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﺜﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ )‪- 59-...... ........................................... :(IADC‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ )‪- 59-........................................ ........................................... (OBE‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪- 63-........... .................................................. ................................................ 7‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﻣﺎ ‪- 63-................................................ ...........................................‬‬

‫ﺗﻄﻮﺭﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ‪- 69-.............................................. ...........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪- 74-........... .................................................. ................................................ 8‬‬

‫ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ‪- 74-.......... .................................................. .................................................‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍﺗﺘﺠﺴﺪ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ؟ ‪- 74-.......................... ..................................................‬‬

‫ﻋﻘﻮﺩﻧﺎ‪- 75-. .................................................. ........................................... :‬‬

‫ﻣﺠﻠﺲﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺎء ‪- 76-........................................... . ................................ :‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺰء‪- 83-........... .................................................. ................................................2‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪- 83-........... .................................................. ................................................ 9‬‬

‫ﻋﻼﺝﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ )‪- 83-.................. ........................................... (PLRT‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮﻟﺔ‪- 97-................................................ ...............................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﻞﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻢ ‪- 98-........................................................... ...........................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ‪- 100-........................................... ............................‬‬

‫ﻓﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ‪- 100-.............................................. ............................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ )‪- 101-.................................. ........................................... (LBL‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪/‬ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺉﻜﺔ‪- 101-.............................. :‬‬
‫ﺻﻌﻮﺩﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ‪- 101-.............................................. ........................................... :‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 7-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻲﻗﺪﻣﺎً ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻲ ‪- 102-................. ...........................................‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ! ‪- 103-................................ ..................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪- 105-.... .................................................. ................................................ 11‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻮﻝﺍﻟﺮﺍﺉﻌﺔ! ‪- 105-........................................ ..................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻭﻑ‪- 105-.............................................. ........................................... :‬‬

‫ﺷﻔﺎءﺍﻟﻤﺮﺽ ‪- 108-........................................................... ...........................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕﺍﻟﻌﻼﺟﻴﺔ ‪- 109-........................................... . ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺣﻞﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻣﻴﺔ ‪- 110-................................ ...........................................‬‬

‫ﻓﻬﻢﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺕ‪- 111-........................................ ........................................... :‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻢﻣﻮﻛﺸﺎ‪- 111-.................................. ........................................... :‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻢﺍﻟﺤﺰﻥ‪- 112-.............................................. .................................................:‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡﺍﻻﻧﺘﺤﺎﺭ‪- 113-................................... ........................................... :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺉﻤﺔﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ‪- 116-....... .................................................. ................................................:‬‬

‫ﻋﻦﺍﻟﻤﺆﻟﻒ‪- 5- .................................................. ...............................................‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 8-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺰء‪1‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺕﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ ﻟﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﻴﻦﺟﻴﺪﺍً ﻟﺪﻯ ﺣﻜﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻇﻠﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻔﻴﺔﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻵﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻛﺘﺒﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭﻣﺎﻳﻜﻞ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻭﺑﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﺲ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺉﺪ‪.‬ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺭﺍﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻋﻼﺝ ﺍﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ )‪ (PLRT‬ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ‬

‫ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻜﺸﻒ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺑﻂﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺕﻣﺬﻫﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ‪ ،PLRT‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﻄﺎء ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻴﻞ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺭﻳﺔﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﺭﻱ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﺎ ‪ PLRT‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻤﺎﻁﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻣﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﺭﻱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﺎﻃﻔﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺆﺩﻱﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﺫﺭﻭﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻤﺮﺽ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺜﻼﺙﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 9-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬
 ‫ﺷﻬﻮﺭ‪.‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎء‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻃﻔﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺷﻌﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺪ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎًﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻱ ﻟﻮﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮء ﺧﻠﻖ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺽﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍً ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻴﺤﻞ ﻣﺤﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﻲﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎً ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮء ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﺎﺭﻳﻮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺨﻠﻖ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻋﻘﻮﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺁﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺪﺭﻛﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦﻓﻀﻠﻚ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓﺍﻷﺧﻼﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻭﺍﻗﻌﻚ‪ .‬ﺑﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻟﻦ ﻧﺒﻄﻞ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺴﻤﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺑﺄﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻫﻼﻭﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺎ‪ً،‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ؟‬

‫ﺃﻧﺎﻣﻬﺘﻢ ﺟﺪﺍً ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﻨﻲ ﺃﺷﻌﺮ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺭﺍﺉﻌﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﺪﺭﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺗﺘﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﺴﻴﺎﺕﻭﺍﻷﺟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻤﻜﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺉﻞﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺶ ﺑﻮﻋﻲ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝﻓﻲ ﺻﺮﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 10-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪1‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞﺍﻟﻔﻀﻮﻟﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺳﺉﻠﺔﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺫﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬

‫• ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍﻧﺤﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ؟‬
‫• ﻫﻞﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ؟‬
‫• ﻫﻞﻋﺸﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ؟‬
‫• ﻫﻞﻣﻴﻼﺩ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻴﻼﺩ؟‬
‫• ﻫﻞﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻋﺸﻨﺎﻭﻻﺩﺓ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺔ؟‬
‫• ﻫﻞﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺟﻨﺔ ﺃﻡ ﺟﺤﻴﻢ؟‬
‫• ﻫﻞﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻥ؟‬

‫ﻣﺎﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ؟‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦﻫﻮ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻭﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻘﺎءﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫"ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻥ" = ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻔﺴﺨﺎً= ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙﺗﺠﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻠﺮﻭﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻭﻓﻘﺎ ًﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺼﺎﺉﻴﺔ‪،‬ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ %58‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ )‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻼﻉﻏﺎﻟﻮﺏ ‪ 1981‬ﻭ‪ .(1991‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﻭﺳﻴﺔﺗﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 11-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍﺃﻧﺎ؟‬

‫ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻝﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻢ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﺍﺛﺔ‪،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺮﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩﺍﻟﻮﺭﺍﺛﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝﺍﻟﻤﻮﻫﻮﺑﻮﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻴﻨﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺘﻰﻟﻮ ﻗﺒﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻨﻲ ﻟﻮﺭﺍﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻷﺳﺉﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯﻫﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍﺣﺼﻠﺖﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺸﻔﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﺍﺛﻴﺔ ﺃﻭﻫﺬﺍﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺑﺎء؟‬

‫ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍﻳﺼﺎﺏ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺉﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﻤﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺩﻣﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻬﺮﺏ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ؟‬

‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎًﻟﻠﻌﺮﺍﻓﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﻧﺎ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ‬

‫ﻭﺁﺑﺎﺉﻨﺎﻭﺇﺧﻮﺗﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﺯﻭﺍﺟﻨﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻄﺄ )ﻧﻄﻔﻮ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻞﻭﻟﺪﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ؟‬

‫ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥﺑﺎﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻻﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء‬

‫ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺉﻔﻮﻥ‪،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺉﻔﻮﻥ‪.‬ﺩﻳﻨﻲﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺼﺒﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥﺑﺎﻟﻮﻻﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺉﻔﻮﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺣﻲﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺼﺒﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺁﻩ! ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﻄﺒﻌﻲ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﺍء ﻛﻨﺎ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‪،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻤﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﺪﻻ ًﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻋﺎﺩﻝ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺣﺮﺏ ﺁﺭﺍء ﺃﻭ ﺻﺮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 12-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﻲ ﻧﺎﺩﺭ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢﻋﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫﻫﻢ ﻣﻮﻗﻔﺎً ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺎً‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺑﺎﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺂﺧﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻗﺪﻡﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻵﺭﺍء ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺮﻯ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰﺗﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻤﺲ ﻋﺼﺒﺎً ﺧﺎﻣﺎً‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻓﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺟﺪﻭﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻝ‪ .‬ﻟﻢ ﺃﻛﻦ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱﺗﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺸﻴﺮ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺁﺧﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻷﻗﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺉﻤﺎ ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﺼﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺉﻤﺎً ﻗﺼﺘﻲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻹﻟﻤﺎﻡ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻔﻬﻮﻡﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﺣﺼﺮ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﻂ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﻳﺴﺘﺒﻌﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥﺃﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺗﻨُﺴﺐ ﺫﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﻭﻳﻤﻀﻲ ﻗﺪﻣﺎً ﺿﻤﻦ ﺣﻈﻴﺮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺨﻄﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺘﻜﺸﻒﺩﺍﺉﻤﺎًﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ— ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺪﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻟﻢ‪،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﺕ‪ ...‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻤﻠﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚﺩﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻮﺍﺿﻌﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻘﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﺒﻬﺎً ﺑﺎﻹﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰءﺍً‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺍًﻭﻓﺮﻳﺪﺍً ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻋﻪ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 13-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺉﻖﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺿﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪-‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺣﺪﺳﻲﻳﻌﺮﻑﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺎﺕﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻌﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪،‬‬

‫‪-‬ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ًﻳﺘﻮﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ‪،‬ﻝ‬

‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻭﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺗﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲﻟﻠﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ‬

‫ﻳﺒﺪﻭﺃﻥ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺼﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺸﺎﺭﻛﻮﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻋﺸﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺡﺟﺬﺍﺏ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺮء ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭﺍً ﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﻭﻟﺉﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻌﻮﻥﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺣﺼﺮﻱ ﻟﻤﻮﺍﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪﺍًﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺻﺔﻣﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺮﻓﺾﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻳﻨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺉﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻭﺱ‪،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﺎﺓ‬
‫ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺠﺤﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﺒﺐﺭﺉﻴﺴﻲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ‬

‫ﻳﺒﺪﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺤﺎﻓﻈﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰﺻﺤﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺑﻮﻥ ﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻹﻋﺎﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺎء‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 14-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

‫ﻓﻲﺣﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻳﻨﺠﺢ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺪﻳﻨﺎً؛‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺧﺎﺳﺮﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﺉﻤﺎً‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﻧﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻔﺴﺮﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻛﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍء‬

‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺉﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺆﺗﻲ ﺛﻤﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻗﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﺔ‪.‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﻫﻀﻲ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺮﺣﺒﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪﻭﺳﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖﺍﻷﻭﺑﻨﺸﺎﺩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦﺑﺮﻳﻬﺎﺩﺍﺭﺍﻧﻴﺎﻛﺎ ﺃﻭﺑﺎﻧﻴﺸﺎﺩ )‪:(4.4.5‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﺎﺇﻥ ﺟﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮء ﺑﺬﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ )ﻋﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻮﺭﻭﺷﺎ( ﻳﺪُﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻋﻞﺍﻟﺨﻴﺮ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺧﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺷﺮﻳﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺿﻼ ً‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞﺍﻟﻔﺎﺿﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺉﺎ ًﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺊ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺠﻨﻲﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺛﻤﺎﺭ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﺗﺠُﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺳﺪﺍﺩ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻔﻴﺘﺎﺷﻔﺎﺗﺎﺭﺍﺃﻭﺑﺎﻧﻴﺸﺎﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﺨﺬﺍﻟﺬﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺴﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺴﺪﺓ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻻً ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﺔ‬

‫ﺣﺴﺐﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 15-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﺑﺎﺟﻮﺍﺩﺟﻴﺘﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺠﻴﺘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﻳﺸﻨﺎ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ‪" :‬ﺇﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﺩﻧﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺨﻠﺺﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﺴﺘﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﺧﺮﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ"‪.‬‬

‫"‪Vyāsāsi jeernāni yathaa vihāy، navāni gruhnāti naroparāni‬‬

‫‪] Tathaa sharirāni vihāy jirnaa:، annyāni sanyāti navāni dehi.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪[٢٢/‬‬

‫ﻭ‬

‫"ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻮﺩ ﺳﻴﻤﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﺕ ﺳﻴﻮﻟﺪﻭﻥ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ً"‬

‫"ﺟﺎﺗﺎﺳﻴﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺩﺭﻭﻓﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﻳﺜﻮﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻭﻓﺎﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎ ﻣﺮﻳﺘﺎﺳﻴﺎ ﺗﺸﺎ‪] "..،‬ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ‪[٢/‬‬

‫ﻓﻲﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺳﺔ ﻳﻘُﺘﺮﺡ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻤﻀﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺪﻣﺎًﺑﺘﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻘﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﻭﻣﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﺗﻈﻞ ﺭﺍﺳﺨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻴﺘﻨﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺴﻜﺎﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﻧﺤﻦ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺴﻜﺎﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝﻓﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻮﺗﺮﺍﺕﺍﻟﻴﻮﻏﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝﺑﺎﺗﺎﻧﺠﺎﻟﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻏﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﻼﻉﺍﻟﺴﻨﺴﻜﺎﺭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺘﺎﻓﺮﻳﺘﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺬﻭﺭﻫﻤﺎ‪'.‬ﻳﻮﻍ ﺷﻴﺘﺎﻓﺮﻳﺘﻲ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﺩﺍ‬

‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮ‪ Yog sutras‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ‪ prati-prasav‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺓ‬

‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﻑ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﺩﺓ ﻭﺑﺮﺍﺗﻴﺒﺮﺍﺳﺎﻑ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻻﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 16-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻔﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥﻟﺪﻯ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻔﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺉﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺸﻤﻴﺮ‪،‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍﺕﻭﻣﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﻭﺭ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦﻫﻮ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻃﺎﻭ ﺗﻪ ﺗﺸﻴﻨﻎ)ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻼﺩ(‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﻻﺣﻘﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺠﺴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺷﻴﺉﺎً ﻣﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰﺣﺪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮﺗﺸﻮﺍﻧﻎ ﺗﺰﻭ)ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻼﺩ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻘﺪﺱ‬

‫ﻣﻬﻢﻟﻠﻄﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﻻﺩﺓﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ؛ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻼ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ؛ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔﺩﻭﻥ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻼ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ )ﺗﺸﻮﺍﻧﻎ ﺗﺰﻭ ‪.(23‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎًﻟﻸﺳﺎﻃﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤُﻨﻊ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻹﻟﻬﺔﻣﻨﻎ ﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺑﺎﺳﻢ "ﺳﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ"‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻭﺑﺎًﺣﻠﻮﺍً ﻭﻣﺮﺍً ﻳﻤﺤﻮ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻌﺪﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔﺍﻟﺘﺒﺘﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻢﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﺩﺓ ﻭﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﻋﻮﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻓﻲ "ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺘﻲ"‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻀﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻮﻓﻮﻥﺍﻟﺘﺒﺘﻴﻮﻥ ﻭﻗﺘﺎً ﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻟﺤﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 17-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺮ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺑﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﺩﻭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺮﺷﺪ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺎﺩﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻻﻱ ﻻﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺬﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1351‬ﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻻﻱ ﻻﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻻﻱ‬
‫ﻻﻣﺎﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑّﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻻﻱ ﻻﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﻝﺑﺎﺭﺩﻭ ﻭﺗﺠﺎﺭﺏ ‪:9DE‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺗﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺗﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﺟﻪﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺠﺪﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺿﺎﺉﻌﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻐﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ‬

‫ﺿﻮءﺍًﺃﺑﻴﺾ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺎﻃﻌﺎً‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻟﻢ ﺟﺴﺪﻱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻐﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻠﻴﺉﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺗﻐﺎﺩﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺩﻭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺸﻌﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻃﻔﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻭﻱ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺘﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ‬

‫ﺗﺘﺮﻙﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﺱ ﻗﺰﺡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‪.‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 18-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﺏﺍﻷﻭﺩﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﺆﻣﻦﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺫﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻘﺎً ﻟﻠﺒﻮﺫﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﻫﻮ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔﻛﺎﺭﻣﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻲﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺎً ﺃﻭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺎً ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻋﻦ ﻭﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﻰ‪،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻜﻼﻥ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻴﺎﺭﺍً ﺳﺒﺒﻴﺎً ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺻﻼً‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲﻟﻠﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﻫﻮ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻓﻴﺪﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘُﺘﻠﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻞ‪،‬ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺎﻗﺶ ﺟﺎﺗﺎﻛﺎ ﻛﺎﺗﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻐﻮﺗﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺫﺍ‪ Nirvāna .‬ﺃﻭ ‪ Nibbānā‬ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺤﺔ‪.‬ﻓﻴﺒﺎﺳﺎﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺒﻮﺫﻳﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﺨﺼﺼﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻼﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺫﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ‪،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻼﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﺷﺎﺭﻣﺎﻫﺎﻓﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﻳﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺟﺎﺗﻲ ﺳﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒﻗﻠﻴﻼً ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ًﺑﺎﻟﻬﻨﺪﻭﺳﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺫﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻬﻮﻡﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﺗﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺟﺎﻳﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺗﻴﺲﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺉﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔﺟﺎﺗﻴﺲﻧﻜﻮﻥ‬

‫‪.1‬ﺩﻳﻔﺎ )ﻧﺼﻒ ﺇﻟﻪ(‪،‬‬

‫‪.2‬ﻣﺎﻧﻮﺳﻴﺎ )ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ(‪،‬‬

‫‪.3‬ﻧﺎﺭﺍﻛﻲ)ﻛﺎﺉﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺤﻴﻢ( ﻭ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 19-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫‪.4‬ﺗﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﻳﻜﺎ)ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺉﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ(‬

‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ‬

‫‪ ،nigodas‬ﺗﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ‪1igodas.‬ﻫﻲ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻔﻞﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺮﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻬﺎﺗﻔﺘﻘﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺟﺎﻳﻦ‪nigodas،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻧﺴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗﻴﺔﻭﺍﻟﺨﻀﺮﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪84‬ﺃﻟﻔﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﺩﺓ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞﺳﺎﻣﺴﺎﺭﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺨﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﺃﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺨﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﺭ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻗﻤﻨﺎﺑﺎﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﺬﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺤﻘﻖ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺧﺎﻃﺉﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻧﺘﺠﺴﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓ"ﺃﺩﻧﻰ"‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﻳﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ﻭﻳﻔﺮﺝ ﻋﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﺪﺍﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ "ﺍﻹﺗﻘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ"‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻳﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ‬

‫ﻓﻲﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻭﺛﻴﻖ ﺑﺠﻴﻠﺠﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻣﺎﺕﺃﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﺎﺳﻼﻡ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﺪﻯﺍﻟﻄﺎﺉﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻻﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 20-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﺧﻠﻴﻞﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ‪،‬ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺷﺎﻋﺮ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻧﻲ ﺃﻣﻴﺮﻛﻲ ﻭﻟﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ ﻷﺑﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻣﻮﻧﻴﻴﻦﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻠﺔ ﻭﺛﻴﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻴﺮ "‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ"‪.‬‬

‫»ﺑﻌﺪﻗﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﺤﻈﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻭﺗﺤﻤﻠﻨﻲ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ«‪.‬‬

‫ﺁﻣﻦﺏ‬ ‫ﺟﻼﻝﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﻳﺲ ﺻﻮﻓﻲ )‪ (1273-1207‬ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﺠﺮﺓ‪.‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫"ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺐ ﻟﻘﺪ ﻧﻤﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﻭﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻓﻘﺪﺕ ﺷﻜﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻭﻋﺸﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺒﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻌﺖ ﻷﻛﻮﻥ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺛﻢﺃﺑﻌﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻭﺍﺗﺨﺬﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺧﺎﻑ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺿﻴﻊ؟‬

‫ﻣﻦﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﺄﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺼﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺉﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﻓﻘﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺃﺟﻨﺤﺔﺍﻟﻤﻼﺉﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﻌﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﺄﺻﺒﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﺼﻮﺭﻩ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺎ!ﺩﻋﻨﻲ ﺃﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺃﻧﻨﻲ ﺳﺄﻋﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺮﺍﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﺉﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻛﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ‪.‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻮﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻣﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﺤﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻛﺮﻭﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎﺗﻬﻢ‪.‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻻﺣﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻫﺮﻃﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺗﺒﺎﻉﺃﻥ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻜﻮﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻻﺣﻘﺎ ًﻋﺎﻡ ‪533‬ﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭ ﺟﺴﺘﻨﻴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪،‬ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﺑﺮﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻼﺩ‪،‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 21-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫"ﻷﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﻮﺣﻨﺎ ﺗﻨﺒﺄﻭﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺷﺉﺘﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﻓﻬﻮ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻠﻴﺎﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﺗﻲ«‪) .‬ﻣﺘﻰ ‪'(14-13 :11‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻡﺍﻟﻤﺆﻟﻔﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﻤﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍﺗﻬﻢﺣﻮﻝ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻼﺩ ﺧﻮﻓﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﻬﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪،‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ‪ %50‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻮﻉﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﻤﺺ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺆﻻء‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﺤﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﺟﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻥﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ‪ .‬ﻗﻀﻰ ﻣﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﻭﺇﻟﻴﺰﺍﺑﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻛﻼﺭﻙﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮﺽﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﺩﺷﺘﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙﺁﺭﺍء ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﺠﺪﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﺍﺩﺷﺘﻴﻮﻥ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻻﺩﺓﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻭﺡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻨﻮﺩﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎًﻟﻤﺆﻟﻒ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ "ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﻟﻬﻨﻮﺩ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ"‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ‬

‫ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍﺕﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﺤﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﻮﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺷﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻴﺮﻣﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻄُﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ"‪ "psychopomp‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﺷﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺗﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ )ﻳﻮﻧﻎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻊﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺭﺍﺕ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 22-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﺑﻴﻦﺩﻳﻮﺟﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻜﻨﺪﺭ ﻳﺆﻛﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻻﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﺭﺳﻄﻮ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻓﻼﻃﻮﻥﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﺜﺎﻏﻮﺭﺱ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺤﺎﺭﺏ ﻃﺮﻭﺍﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻣﺘﺠﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻃﻮﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔﺃﻛﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎً ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺳﻤﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﺳﻘﻮﻃﻬﺎ‬

‫ﻓﻲﺟﺴﺪ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻴﺉﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﻮﺩﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻌﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻬﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﺛﺮ ﺃﻓﻼﻃﻮﻥ ﺑﺸﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺴﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔﻟﻸﻭﺭﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻴﺜﺎﻏﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻗﺪﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻲ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺒﻨﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﻨﺪﻭﺳﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻃﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻼﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺷﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﻳﻴﻦ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻼﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﻣﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ‪،‬ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﻱ‬

‫ﻳﺼﻒﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻮﺩﺗﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺪﻣﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺤﻨﻄﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺗﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﻭﺍﺻﻄﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‪ .‬ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﻳﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ‪ 3000‬ﻋﺎﻡ ﻹﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﺍء‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻟﻔﻮﻥﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ‪:‬‬

‫ﻻﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻠﺴﻮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﻳﺐ ﺫﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻟﻔﻮﻥﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺎء ﺩﺍﺉﻤﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﻳﺪﻧﺒﻮﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻟﺘﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺟﻮ‪،‬ﺟﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﻠﺘﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺑﻠﻴﻮ ﺑﻲ ﻳﻴﺘﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺖ ﻭﻳﺘﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻴﻌﻬﻢ ﺃﻳﺪﻭﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻜﺮﺓﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ‪ .‬ﻏﺎﺭﻱ ﺯﻭﻛﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﻟﻒ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ "ﻣﻘﻌﺪ"‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 23-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ"ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ"‪ .‬ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ‪ HG.Wells‬ﻓﻲ ﺁﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﺎء‪:‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﻋﻄﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺭﺟﻞﻳﺪُﻋﻰ ﺇﺩﻏﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺉﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﺇﺩﻏﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻳﺲﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﺓ ﻣﻨﻮﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺽ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻧﺪﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻮﻟﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺮﺍﺭﺍً ﻭﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍً ﻟﺸﻔﺎء ﺍﻟﻨﺪﺑﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺃﻃﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻧﻤﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻣﻴﺔ‪،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺨﺎﻭﻑ ﻋﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﻭﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺮﺍﺽﺟﺴﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺩﻭﺍﻓﻊ ﻓﻄﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻮﻳﺪﻧﺒﻮﺭﺝ‪:‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﺼﻮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻳﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻳﺪﻧﺒﻮﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻟﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1688‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺻﺮ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻴﻮﻧﺎﺭﺩﻭﺩﻱ ﻓﻴﻨﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺍً ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺍً ﻟـ ‪.OBE‬‬

‫ﺇﻟﻰﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺎً‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺿﻠﻴﻌﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﻊ ﻟﻐﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎًﻧﻘﺎﺷﺎً ﻭﻋﺎﻟﻤﺎً ﻓﻠﻜﻴﺎً ﻭﺭﺟﻞ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺳﻴﺎﺳﻴﺎً ﻭﺻﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻫﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﺐﻛﺘﺒﺎً ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺝ ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ‪،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻤﻢ ﻃﺎﺉﺮﺓ ﻭﻏﻮﺍﺻﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍﻫﻮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﻍ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﻍ؟‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﺃ"ﺃﺣﻼﻡ ﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ"ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻮﻳﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﻂ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﻼﺹ‬

‫ﺍﻹﻟﻬﺎﻡﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﻳﺪﻧﺒﻮﺭﺝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 24-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪2‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪،‬ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻇﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻗﻀﻴﺘﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻼﻫﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻔﺲﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻫﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺫﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲﻳﺴﺘﻜﺸﻒ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺪﺭﺳﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺟﻴﺔﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﺍً ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻫﺎﺏ‪.‬ﺃﻧﺘﺠﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭﺓ ﺛﻴﻠﻤﺎ ﺏ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﻳﺪﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻃﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺩﻛﺘﻮﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻮﻝ"ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻟﻸﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻫﺎﺏ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻴﻒﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ؟‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎءﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺉﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭﺇﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﺘﻴﻔﻨﺴﻮﻥﺳﺎﻓﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﺐ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻭﺃﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺑﺠﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻓﻴﺮﺟﻴﻨﻴﺎ‬

‫ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﻴﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰﻣﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 40‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎً‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺱ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 3000‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪ 450‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪ ﺟﻨﺒﺎً ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻨﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻓﻴﺴﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﺗﻮﺍﻧﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺮﻳﺸﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻲﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﺃﻭﻻ ًﺑﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺩﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻫﻮﻳﺔﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺩﻋﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 25-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﻛﺎﻥ‪.‬ﻭﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﺑﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺫﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺉﻖ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﻢﺇﻳﻼء ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻟﻠﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲﺗﻢ ﻓﺤﺼﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺟﺮﻭﺡ ﻭﻧﺪﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻤﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻛﻴﺔﻭﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻫﺎﺏ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻤﺎﺕ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺗﻴﺔﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻﺣﻈﻮﺍ ﺣﻘﺎﺉﻖ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﺕﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﻨﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ "ﺩﻟﻴﻼً ﻛﺎﻣﻼ"ً‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻘ ًﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭﺑﺎﺳﺮﻳﺸﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﺭﻱ ﻟﻸﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮﻟﺔ‪،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺨﻤﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺮﺭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﻗﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻳﻢﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻰ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﻥﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮﻱ ﺭﺍﺳﺦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺝ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‪ .‬ﺭﺑﻤﺎ‬

‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻮﻡﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺟﻮﺯﻳﻒ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪19‬ﺫﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﻼﺝ ﺁﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻭ‪،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﺗﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‪،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﻌﺖ ﺁﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻛﺎﺭﻫﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎء‬
‫ﺣﺪﺛﺎًﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺟﻌﻠﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻳﺸﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء‬
‫ﻣﻦﻛﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻘﻈﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻃﻠﺒﺖ ﻛﻮﺑﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﻭﺷﺮﺑﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭﻙﺑﺮﻭﻳﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺃﻋﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺽ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭﺍﻥﻣﺎﻳﻜﻞ ‪ 9‬ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻭﻣﻮﺭﻳﺲ ‪ 9‬ﺇﻳﺜﺮﺗﻮﻥ‪،‬ﻫﻢ ﺭﻭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺝ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ "ﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ"‪ ،'.‬ﺩﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ‪,‬ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻋﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﺤﺎﺛﻪ ﻭﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺗﻬﻢﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 26-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﻭﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍﺗﻌﻴﺶ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺣﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺤﺒﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻧﻴﺜﺮﺗﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺗﻪﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ 1978‬ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ "ﻋﻼﺝ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ"‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺣﺚﺁﺧﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺴﻼﻑ ﺟﺮﻭﻑ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﺮﺿﺎﻩ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺴﻢ‬

‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﻲ‪.‬ﻛﺎﺭﻝ ﺟﻮﺳﺘﺎﻑ ﻳﻮﻧﺞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺩﺭﺱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺣﻴﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪.‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺗﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻭﻭﻟﻔﻐﺎﻧﻎ ﺑﺎﻭﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺉﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﻁﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﺎﻧﺐﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺏ ‪ 9DE‬ﻭ‪.OBE‬‬

‫ﺑﺤﺚ‪:9DE‬‬

‫ﺃﻟﺒﺮﺕﻫﺎﻳﻢﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﺳﻮﻳﺴﺮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻼﺉﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦﺩﺭﺳﻮﺍ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻪﻓﻲ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻟﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻮﺛﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺉﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪﻣﺖﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺎﺩﻱ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻳﺴﺮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪.1892‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭﻛﻴﻨﻴﺚ ﺭﻳﻨﺞﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻭﺑﺎﺣﺚ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺏ‬

‫ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ ﺇﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺣﺼﺎﺉﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ "‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ"‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺭﻳﻨﻎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺭﺳﻤﻪ ﺟﺰﺉﻴﺎً‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻄﻠﻖﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﺳﻢ "ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻟﻸﻣﺎﻡ"‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭﺓﺇﻟﻴﺰﺍﺑﻴﺚ ﺩﺑﻠﻴﻮ ﻓﻨﺴﻜﻲﻳﻌﺰﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺮﻱ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺣﻼﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺫﻱ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺑﺤﺎﺙ‪:OBE‬‬
‫ﺟﺎءﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻊ ﻷﺑﺤﺎﺙ ‪ OBE‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﺕ ﻣﻮﻧﺮﻭ ﻭﺭﻓﺎﻗﻪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻬﺪﻣﻮﻧﺮﻭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 27-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪3‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ‬

‫ﻗﺼﺔﻛﺎﺛﺮﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺃﻋﻈﻢﻣﺴﺎﻫﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻌﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺟﺎءﺕ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭﺑﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﺲ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻃﺒﻴﺐ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺎﻣﻲ‪،‬ﻓﻠﻮﺭﻳﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻨﻮﻳﻢ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻣﺮﺿﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺛﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺎً ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺐﻣﺨﺎﻭﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻠﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﺰﻟﻘﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺪﻓﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﺒﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪.PLRT‬‬

‫ﻳﻌُﺰﻯﺧﻮﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻨﺎﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻐﻮﺹ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻨﺎﻕﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙﺗﺤﺴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺽ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ‪ 4000‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﺍءﻭﺍﻛﺘﺸﻔﺖ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻏﺮﻗﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻴﻀﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺃﺩﻯ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﺴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﻭﻓﻬﺎﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻜﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻲﻭﻗﺖ ﻻﺣﻖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺗﺬﺓﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻛﺎﺛﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻧﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺟﻌﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ"ﺃﺳﻴﺎﺩ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﻭﻥ"‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﺓ )ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ(‪ ،‬ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻳﺎﻥﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ‪ PLRT‬ﺷﺎﺉﻌﺎً ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺩﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻜﻴﻦﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﻋﻮﻧﺎﻧﺴﺘﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻜﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻃﻠﺒﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﻜﻜﻴﻦﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 28-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻌﺔﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻚ‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱﻻ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺒﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬

‫ﺃﻥﻳﺘﺤﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﺗﺠﻨﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻧﺐﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻨﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺘﺎﻉ‪.‬ﺇﻧﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﺅﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺉﻴﺎً ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺳﻴﺼﻨﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻏﺸﺸﺖ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻓﻊﻻﺣﻘﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺃﺑﻘﻲ ﺿﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺎً ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪.2‬ﺗﻮﻣﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﻚ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺾﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻚ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪،‬‬

‫ﻛﻴﻒﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ؟‬

‫ﺃﻡﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ؟‬

‫ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻭﻗﺖ‬

‫ﻣﻄﻠﻖﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺿﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪4‬‬
‫ﺫﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎء‪.‬‬

‫‪.3‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 29-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻮﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﺽ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻧﻬﻢﻳﺨﺸﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻬﺘﺰ ﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺒﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪.4‬ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ‪ PLRT‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻼﺩ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻭﻳﺤﻜﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻸﺳﻒ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺛﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻤﺮﻩ ﻣﺎﺉﺔ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻗﻊﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‪،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺉﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻦﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻷﻭﻟﺉﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦﻻﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺣﺘﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺆﻛﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ"ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ" ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺨﺪﻉ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺬﺍ‪،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮء ﻻ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﻀﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺉﺪﻳﺔ‪،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺟﻬﺪﺍً ﺧﺎﺭﻗﺎً ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺑﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺸﻲء ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ًﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙﺷﻲء ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺘﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ‬

‫ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪ /‬ﺧﺎﻟﻖ )ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﺪﻳﻦ( ﻗﻠﻴﻠﻮﻥ ﺟﺪﺍً‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﻫﻀﻲ ﺍﻹﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥﻓﻲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﺪﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻘﺬﻫﻢﺣﺴﺐ ﻃﻔﻮﻟﺘﻬﻢ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 30-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﻢﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺉﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺪﻻ ًﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍﺗﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐﺃﻋﺼﺎﺑﺎً ﻓﻮﻻﺫﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻬﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﻳﺘﻬﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺣﺪﻯﺍﻟﺤﺠﺞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺉﻌﺔ ﻫﻲ‪" :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ؟"‬

‫ﺣﺠﺘﻲﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﻲ‪" :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺍﺑﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻚ‪.‬ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺐ ﺍﺑﻨﻚ ﺟﺮﻳﻤﺔ ﻗﺘﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﻃﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺪﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲﺫﻟﻚﺃﻧﺖﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪ ".‬ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺑﻨﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺷﻴﺉﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺑﻨﻚﺃﻥﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻵﻥ‪،‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﻪﻳﻔﻌﻞﺷﻲء ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺃﺷﻴﺎء ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻦﺍﻟﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻬﻬﺎ‪".‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ ًﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻥﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺳﺒﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺉﻲ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﺳﻤﻴﻪ "ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ"‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ‪ -‬ﻫﻲﻫﻮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻗﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﺷﻲءﻧﻬﺎﺉﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﻤﻠﻪ ﺫﻫﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ‪.‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﻏﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺃﻛﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎً ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ‪:‬ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎء ﺍﻟﺤﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻛﻮﻥ ﻻ ﺳﺒﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ‬

‫ﻧﻈﺮﻱﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪.‬‬

‫‪9‬ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺃﺟﺮﻳﺖ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ،1976‬ﻭﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ‪ %40‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻤﻬﻢ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺎً ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻌﻮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﻮﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﺟﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻻﺱ ﺳﺒﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻌﻴﻨﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻢ ﻓﺤﺺ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﻷﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺣﻴﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 31-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫‪.2‬ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪.3‬ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﺗﻮﻗﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪.4‬ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﺑﺈﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺍﻗﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺮﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪.5‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﺠﻮﺍﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪.6‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ‪،‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﺭﻏﺒﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺪﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻً ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎً‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬

‫ﺣﺎﻻﺕﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻔﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﻻ ﺑﺄﺱ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﻠﺴﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺠﺎﻓﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻴﻮﺵ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚﺗﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺣﻼﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻉﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻹﺧﻔﺎء ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ‬

‫ﻗﺼﺺﺃﻧﺸﺄﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺣﺎﺕﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻳﻢﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺣﻴﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺟﻌﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻋﺎﻃﻔﻲ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺒﺪﻭﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺇﻳﻤﺎﻧﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ ‪ -‬ﻓﺎﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﻫﻢ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﺮﺿﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻺﺑﻼﻍﻋﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﻜﻜﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻞﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻤﻦﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﻜﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺤﺠﺐ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺼﺐ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍً‪.‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 32-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

‫ﻫﻞﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺇﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻼﻋﺒﻴﻦ؟ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻢ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺆﻻءﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺎً‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺉﻼﺕ ﺃﻗﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﺍًﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙﺗﺤﻔﻈﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ‪ PLRT‬ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﺟﺪﺍً‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ‬

‫ﺑﻌﺾﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﻠﻘﻬﺎﺍﻷﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺳﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺝ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺖﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻢ ﺧﺪﺍﻋﻬﻢ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻴﺎ‪ً.‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺿﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺾﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﺮﺗﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪﺃﺣﺪ ﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺉﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺳﺔ ﻭﺷﻮﻫﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ‬

‫ﻳﺒﺸﺮﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺯﻭﺍﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻄﺮﺏ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻈﻢﻫﺆﻻء ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺽ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺷﺨﺎﺹﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺯﻧﻴﻦ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻃﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺴﺒﺒﻬﺎ ‪.PLRT‬‬

‫ﺇﻥﺃﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﻌﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍً ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﻟﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﻌﻴﺸﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺿﺮﺭ ﺣﺪﺙ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﺳﺉﻠﺔﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﺎً ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬

‫"ﻫﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ؟"‬

‫"ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ؟"‬

‫"ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺣﻘﺎً‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮﻫﺎ؟"‬

‫ﺃﺩﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺳﺦ‬

‫‪.1‬ﻣﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻁ( ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺛﻘﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 33-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﻳﻨﺠﺬﺏﺍﻟﻤﺮء ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻛﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴﺒﻴﺮﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻜﺘﻮﺭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻨﺠﺬﺏﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻓﺎﺕ‪:‬ﺗﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺱ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺗﺎﻧﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ( ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺬﺍﺏﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﺨﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (3‬ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﻨﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻤﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (4‬ﺍﻹﻋﺠﺎﺏ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻃﻌﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﻛﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ﺕ( ﺗﻔﻀﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺥ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺞ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (6‬ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﺐ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺑﻌﺎ( ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﻳﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺳﻼﻟﺔﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪.2‬ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺠﺎ ﻓﻮ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺬﻫﺐﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺗﺸﻌﺮ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺰﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻷﻭﻝﻣﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞﺷﺨﺼﺎً ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺗﺸﻌﺮ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﺐﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻫﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ‪.‬‬

‫‪.3‬ﻣﻼﻣﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 34-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

‫ﻳﺸﺒﻪﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﻮء‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ "‪ "Born Again‬ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﻜﻴﻒ‪.‬ﻋﻴﻮﻥﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻛﺸﻔﺎً ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻼﻣﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪.4‬ﺃﺫﻛﺮ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺉﻴﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻔﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻋﻨﺪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪.5‬ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻒﻋﻦ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪.6‬ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺪﺩﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔﻣﻜﺒﻮﺗﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺑﻘﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﻜﺒﻮﺗﺎً‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻫﺎﻡﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺒﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺉﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ‪.‬‬

‫‪.7‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻫﺎﺏ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﺪﻳﻜﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﺨﺎﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺫﻻﻝ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻓﺾﻭﺍﻟﻬﺠﺮ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﻟﺼﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﺠﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺮﺣﻴﺔﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺫﻻﻝ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﻨﻌﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻦﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪.8‬ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﺮﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 35-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﻓﻲﺃﺣﺪ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ﻳﻐﺴﻞ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‪ .‬ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺃﻋﺮﺍﺿﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥﻣﺴﺆﻭﻻ ًﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﺩﺙ ﻧﻮﻭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫‪.9‬ﺍﻷﺣﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓ‬

‫ﻗﺪﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻷﺣﻼﻡ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻤﺬﻛﺮﺍﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺣﻼﻡﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪.10‬ﺫﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻁ( ﻭﺳﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻗﺎﻡﺭﻭﺑﺮﺕ ﻣﻮﻧﺮﻭ ﺑﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺣﻼﺕ ‪.OBE‬‬

‫ﺏ( ‪9DE‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻡﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺭﻳﻤﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﺠﻤﻊ ﺭﺻﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺉﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔﺑﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪.11‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻣﺖﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭﺓ ﻫﻴﻠﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻣﺒﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻨﻮﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺿﻰ‬

‫ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺎًﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﺠﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺉﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺠﺪﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰﻣﺪﻯ ‪ 29‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎً‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ %90‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺿﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﺭﻋﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﺉﻴﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﺣﺾ ﺍﻻﺩﻋﺎء ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺉﻞ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻈﻢﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﺟﻌﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺨﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﺻﻠﺖﺷﻴﺖ ﺳﻨﻮ ﺯﻣﻴﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺉﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ "‬
‫ﺃﺣﻼﻡﺟﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ"‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 36-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﻭﻗﺪﻧﺸﺮ ﺑﺎﺣﺚ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺷﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ ﺗﺠﻤﻴﻌﺎً ﺷﺎﻣﻼ ًﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻓﻴﻦﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ "ﺧﺰﺍﺉﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺔ"‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻋﺮﺍﺽﻋﻔﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺽ ‪ /‬ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺎ ً‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ‪21‬ﺷﺎﺭﻉﻃﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪.12‬ﺫﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﺣﺪﻯﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻟﻼﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺮﺃﺗﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺗﻈﻞﻣﺤﻔﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﺿﺢ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻟﻦﻭﻳﻠﺴﻮﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﻴﺪﺝﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻴﺜﺒﺮﻳﺪﺝ‪ .‬ﻧﺠﺢ ﻫﻨﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﻛﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺟﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻓﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪.13‬ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺃﻧﺎ(ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻘﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﺪﺗﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﺩﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎً ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ‬

‫ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﻬﺎﻭﺭﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺉﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﺪﻯ ﻃﻔﻞ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺨﻴﻞﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻻﻑ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻤﻮﺗﻮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻛﺔ‪،‬ﻳﻌﺮﻑّ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﺠﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺪﻱ ﺃﺻﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﻌﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﻨﻪ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻞ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔﻭﻻﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺣﺴﻤﺖ ﻓﺎﺉﺰﺍً‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 37-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫‪ (2‬ﺃﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﺴﺘﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻴﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﺰﺍﺕ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪،‬ﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻳﻮﻟﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﻤﻮﺍﻫﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺉﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﻮﺍء ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﺎء ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪ .‬ﺃﺳﺎﻃﻴﺮ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻮﺯﺍﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺘﻬﻮﻓﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻨﻮﻫﻴﻦ‪،‬ﺳﺎﻧﺖ ﺟﻨﺎﻧﺸﻮﺍﺭ‪ ،tidi Sankarāchārya ،‬ﺭﺍﻣﺎﻧﻮﺟﺎﻥ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻭﺭﺍﺛﻲ ﻟﻤﻮﺍﻫﺒﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺍﻫﺒﻬﻢ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻋﺎﺉﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺷﻮﻫﺪﺕ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺍً‬
‫ﻣﻮﻫﺒﺔﻋﻔﻮﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺳﻮﺍﺭﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺷﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎﻣﻨﺬ ﺳﻦ ﻣﺒﻜﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﺍً‪.‬‬

‫ﺝ( ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺲ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻌﺮﻑﺍﻟﻤﺮء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺴﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ( ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻭﻑ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺾﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻭﻑ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍً ﻟﺪﻯ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﺍﻝﻭﺩﻓُﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻷﻧﻘﺎﺽ‪.‬‬

‫ﺕ( ‪:Xenolossy‬‬

‫ﺇﻥﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻗﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻱﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺻﺒﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑﺎ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺗﺴﻊ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﺁﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺟﺎﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺼﺔ‪.‬ﺑﺪﺃ ﻳﻔﻘﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺒﺮ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺟﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ‪PLRT‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺗﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ (6‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﻓﻴﺴﻮﺭ ﺇﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻴﻔﻨﺴﻮﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 38-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﺳﺎﺑﻌﺎ( ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪.14‬ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﺎﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﺻﺮﺓ‬

‫ﻓﻲﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮء ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺸﺨﺺ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻲء‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥﺭﻭﺣﻪ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪ .‬ﺟﺰء ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺻﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ‪،‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﻠﻚ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻚﺇﻣﺎ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﻮﺱ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺣﺪ ﻋﺸﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎء‪.‬ﻭﻛﻼﻫﻤﺎ ﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﻫﺎﺉﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪.15‬ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ‬

‫ﻫﺬﻩﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻷﻱ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻟﻢ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻄﻠﺐﺭﻭﺣﺎً ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺘﺘﻮﻟﻰ ﺟﺴﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺡ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﻣﻲ ﻣﻤﺎﺛﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑﺗﻠﺰﻣﻪ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﺉﺰ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﻣﻮﻧﺮﻭ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻧﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻬﺔﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎء‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻮﻟﻰ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻮﺩﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ ﻓﻲﺍﻷﻛﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪.16‬ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ –ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻲﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪ .‬ﻧﺤﻦ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺑﺒﻌﻀﻬﻢﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﻞ ﺗﺎﻟﺒﻮﺕ(‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻮ‪:‬ﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻳﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺃﻡ ﻳﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ؟‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻄﺮﺣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﻫﻮ‪"،‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺠﺴﺪ‬

‫ﻣﻦﺟﺪﻳﺪ؟"‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 39-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﻟﻜﻲﻧﻔﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻺﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ‪،‬‬

‫"ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺎ؟"‬

‫ﻫﻞﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ؟‬

‫ﻫﻞﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ؟‬

‫ﻫﻞﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ؟‬

‫ﻫﻞﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﺗﺨﺬﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ؟‬

‫ﻧﺤﻦﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﺑﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺷﻴﺉﺎً ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍﻻ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ؟‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻮﻑ‪،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺩﻳﻨﻲ‬

‫ﻻﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ – ﺭﻭﺡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻣﺆﻟﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺮﺗﺎﺡ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻌﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 40-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪4‬‬

‫ﺑﻨﻴﺔﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‬

‫ﻟﻜﻲﻧﻔﻬﻢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺨﺰﻥ ﻋﻘﻠﻨﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺃﺫﻫﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔﻟﻠﻮﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻘﻈﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﻳﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻈﻊ ﻫﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻴﻘﻈﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻭﻣﺘﻴﻘﻈﻴﻦﻭﻣﺪﺭﻛﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪.2‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻼﻭﺍﻋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻴﺉﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻧﺪﺭﻙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪.3‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﻭﻋﻲ‪ :‬ﻭﻻ ﻧﺪﺭﻛﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬

‫ﻧﺴﺘﻴﻘﻆﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪.4‬ﻭﺃﺧﻴﺮﺍً‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﻳﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﻞ‪ :‬ﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺪﺭﻙ ﺫﻟﻚﺩﺍﺧﻞﻭﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬

‫‪.‬ﻧﺤﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻴﻘﻈﻮﻥ ﻭﻣﺘﻨﺒﻬﻮﻥ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺰﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ‬

‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞﻋﻔﻮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻌﻤﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻛﺮﻯ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺮﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺮء ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻔﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 4000‬ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﻮﺭﺍء‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻼﻭﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻦ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦﻟﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﺉﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ )ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ(‪ .‬ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻓﻲ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺸﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺻﻠﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻲ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 41-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻮﺓ ﻭﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﻍ‪:‬‬

‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ‬

‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺸﻮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ‪ 4‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺉﻲ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺪﻣﺎﻍ‪،‬ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﻍ )‪(EEG‬‬

‫ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺃﻟﻔﺎ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﺟﺪ ًﺍ‬
‫ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺛﻴﺘﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﻍ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﻳﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺫﺍﺗﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﻳﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺮﻯ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻭﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻣﺎ‪.‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﻭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺸﻮﺓ؟‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺸﻮﺓ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺃﺳﻬﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻟﻨﺸﻮﺓ ﻧﺎﺟﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﺉﺞﻋﻜﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺝ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻋﻲ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ًﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻴﻘﻈﺎﺃﻭ ﻧﺎﺉﻤﺎ؟‬

‫ﻛﻴﻒﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺸﻮﺓ؟‬

‫ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﻭﺍﻋﻲ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺮﺿﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺴﻮﻑﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪" :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻧﺎ" ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻚ ﺳﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻚ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 42-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻔﻜﺮ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ‪" ،‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍﺃﻧﺎ" ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺗﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉﺃﻟﻔﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﻲﻧﺸﻮﺓ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻬﻴﻤﻦ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺃﻟﻔﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﻍ )‪ .(EEG‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺃﻟﻔﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﻍ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 14-3‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻟﻔﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﺧﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻖ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﺮﺗﺎﺣﺎً ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻲﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺄﻫﺐ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻋﻤﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻘﻞﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻧﺠﻤﻴﺎً )‪.(OBE‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯﺛﻴﺘﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯﺛﻴﺘﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻮﺓ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺃﺑﻄﺄ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ‬

‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﻍ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﻝ ‪ 3‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 4‬ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ ﻭﺗﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﻍ )‪:(EEG‬‬

‫ﻧﺤﻦﻧﺤﻠﻢ ﺳﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﺩﻟﺘﺎ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﻓﻲ‬

‫ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ‪ 2‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺛﻴﺘﺎ ﺛﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﺃﻟﻔﺎ‪ .‬ﻧﻮﻡ ﺃﻟﻔﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻜﺮﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﻴﻘﻈﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻲ‬

‫ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺃﺣﻼﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻳﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﻛﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻘﺎﻁﺍﻟﻨﺠﻤﻲ ﻭﺳﺘﻴﻔﻦ ﻻ ﺑﻴﺮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻲﻋﺎﻡ ‪ ،1987‬ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺉﻲ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﺁﻻﻥ ﻭﻭﻟﻒ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺤﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊﺍﻷﺣﻼﻡ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﺎﺣﺜﻮﻥ ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺎً‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮﻣﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻛﺮﻭﺡ ﺯﺍﺉﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺬﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 43-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﻫﻞﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺑﻴﻀﺎء ﺃﻡ ﻟﻮﺡ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﺩﺓ؟‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥﺩﻳﻜﺎﺭﺕ ﻭﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻳﺒﺪﺃﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻣﺎ‬

‫ﻳﺤﺪﺙﻟﻬﻢ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﺫﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻼﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻤﻜﻨﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻴﺎﺕﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﻠﻮﺍﻓﺸﻼ ﺫﺭﻳﻌﺎ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺨﺘﺮﻉ ﻣﻮﺯﺍﺭﺕ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﻪ ﺇﻻ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺃﺫﻫﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻻﺩﺍﺕﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺇﻧﺠﺮﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﻋﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖﻗﺼﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻫﺪﻓﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻲء ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻭﻻﺩﺗﻨﺎ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻤُﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﺒﻂء‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﺗﻐﻤﺮﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺨﻴﻞ ﻟﻮ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺑﻨﻚﺍﻵﻥﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺳﻮﺃ ﻋﺪﻭ ﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻓﻲﺣﻴﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺁﺧﺮ‪(.‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﺄﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ؟‬

‫ﺳﺠﻼﺕﺃﻭﻛﺎﺷﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺳﺠﻼﺕﺃﻭﻛﺎﺷﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﺉﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺛﻴﺮ ﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻞﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺣﺪﺛﺖ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﻛﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﺪﻯﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﺒﺤﺚ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺉﻴﻮﻥﻋﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 44-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻋﺎﺕﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء ﻭﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺷﻔﻮﻥ ﻳﺒﺤﺜﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺠﺎﺭﺓ)ﻛﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﻠﺴﻮﻥ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﻼﻝﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺤﻦ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻵﻛﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕﺍﻷﻛﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪ .‬ﻻ ﺩﺍﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻘﻠﻖ ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥﻣﻬﻤﺎً ﻟﻪﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﻲﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺠﺐﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺴﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺤﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﺗﺔ ﺑﺬﻛﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺑﻞ ﺃﻥ‬

‫ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻢﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﻠﻜﺎً ﺛﺮﻳﺎً ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻮﺍﻗﺐﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺍﺗﻴﺮﻙ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﻛﺎﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ‪:‬ﻳﺸﻌﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﺕ ﺇﻡ‬

‫ﺃﻧﺪﺭﺳﻮﻥﺍﻻﺑﻦ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺭﻁﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﺬﻛﺮﻳﺎﺗﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﻤﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺉﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻧﻴﻦﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 45-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪5‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﺍء‬

‫ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻟﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻋﺮﺍﺿﺎً ﻧﻔﺴﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺟﺴﺪﻳﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺨﻔﻒﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﻳﺤﻤﻞﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻲﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻞﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ؟‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ؟‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺗﻨﺎ ﻭﻗﺪﺭﺗﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﺮ‪ .‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺙﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﻧﺤﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻻ ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻋﻲ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻢﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﻃﻔﻮﻟﺘﻨﺎ؟ ﻫﻞ ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﻤﻨﺎ؟ ﺇﺫﺍً‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻮﻗﻊﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ؟‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 46-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﻗﺪﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻣﻮﻫﻮﺑﻮﻥ ﺑﻬﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺉﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞﻧﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻋﻲ ﺑﻘﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﻴﺶ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻴﻒﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ؟‬

‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻹﺣﻴﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪.1‬ﻋﻼﺝ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬

‫‪.2‬ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ‬

‫‪.3‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪.4‬ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻹﻗﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‬

‫‪.5‬ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪ‬

‫‪.6‬ﻧﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ‬

‫‪.7‬ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺉﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﺪﻧﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻻﻧﺤﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺉﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺃﻭﺍﻷﺣﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺣﻼﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺩﻳﺠﺎ ﻓﻮ‪.‬‬

‫‪.8‬ﻗﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‬

‫‪.9‬ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﺎء ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﺎء‬

‫‪.10‬ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺲ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 47-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦﻓﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ‪:‬‬

‫‪9‬ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﻭﺑﻴﺔ )‪:(9LP‬‬

‫)ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺩﺭﺱ ﺃﻗﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳﺠﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ(‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻣﺠﺔﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺒﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻳﺪﺭﺱ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺭﺳﻢﺧﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﻣﻐﺘﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦﻳﻀﻤﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺉﻖﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻭﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺮﺉﻲ‪:‬ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺼﺮﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﻄﺒﻴﻌﺘﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎﻡﺃﻋﻴﻨﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺍً ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺎً‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻤﻌﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﻧﻬﻢﻗﺎﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺩ ﻳﺴﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻛﺔ‪،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺍﻓﻊ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻫﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﺉﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﺸﻌﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﻲ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺸﻌﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺒﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭﺑﻨﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺪﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻤﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﻋﻤﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﻟﻢﺍﻟﻌﺎﻃﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﺾ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺫﻻﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺷﻌﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮﺩﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﺪﺳﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 48-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻭﻗﻴﺔﻭﺍﻟﺸﻤﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﻃﻌﻢ ﻭﺭﺍﺉﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﺭﺍﻹﺑﺪﺍﻋﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻨﺎﻧﺘﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؟‬

‫ﻫﻞﺃﺩﺭﻛﺖ ﻳﻮﻣﺎً ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻋﻘﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﻧﺠﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍً ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻈﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻟﺤﻈﺔ‪ .‬ﻧﺤﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﻣﺒﺪﻋﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬ﻧﺤﻦ ﻧﺼﻨﻊ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻓﻜﺎﺭﻧﺎ‪ .‬ﻧﺤﻦ ﻣﺒﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻧﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺗﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻓﺎﺉﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻟﻘﺎء ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺑﺆﺳﻨﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺧﻔﺎﻗﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﺉﺒﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﺤﻖ‬
‫ﻧﺠﺎﺣﺎﺗﻨﺎ‪،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺇﺧﻔﺎﻗﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎً‪ .‬ﻧﺤﻦ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ‪ ٪100‬ﻋﻦ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﺩﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‪" ،‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺭﻣﺎ"‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﺄﻧﺎﻗﺸﻪ ﻻﺣﻘﺎً‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﺎﻝﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻤﻜﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺑﻘﺎء ﺃﺫﻫﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ 17‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺟﺢﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﺑﺪﺍﻋﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺼﺤﻮﺑﺎً ﺑـ "ﻓﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺔ" ﺃﻭ "‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻜﺎﻟﺐ"‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦﻟﺘﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﺭ‬

‫‪.1‬ﺍﺟﻠﺲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺮﻳﺢ ﻭﺃﻏﻤﺾ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻚ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻄﺒﺨﻚ‪ .‬ﺍﺫﻫﺐ‬

‫ﺇﻟﻰﺍﻟﺜﻼﺟﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﻟﻴﻤﻮﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﺧﺬ ﺳﻜﻴﻨﺎً ﻭﺍﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺼﻔﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺧﺬ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻔﺎًﻭﺍﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﻫﻞ ﻣﺎء ﻓﻤﻚ؟‬

‫‪.2‬ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﺟﺒﺔ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻌﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺷﻌﺮﺑﺎﻷﺟﻮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺉﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺉﺮ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺷﻌﺮﺑﺮﺍﺉﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﻃﺒﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 49-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬

 ‫ﻛﻢﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺬﻛﺮ؟‬

‫‪.3‬ﻣﺪ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﻴﻚ‪ .‬ﺿﻊ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎً ﺛﻘﻴﻼً ﻋﻘﻠﻴﺎً ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﻌﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺯﻥ؟ﺛﻢ ﺿﻊ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎً ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻚ ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ‪ .‬ﻫﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺮﻓﺖ ﻳﺪﻙ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻞ؟‬

‫ﻛﺮﺭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻠﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﺍﺷﻌﺮ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺭﺍﻉﻳﻨﺠﺮﻑ ﻟﻸﻋﻠﻰ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻚ ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ؟‬

‫‪.4‬ﺍﺟﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺮﺳﻲ‪ .‬ﻣﺪ ﺫﺭﺍﻋﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻭﺃﺷﺮ ﺑﺈﺻﺒﻌﻚ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺉﻦﻳﺸﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﻤﻚ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﺻﺒﻌﻚ؟‬

‫ﻋﺪﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻚ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻭﺃﻏﻤﺾ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻚ ﻭﺗﺨﻴﻞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻜﺜﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﺻﺒﻌﻚ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ؟‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪﺍﺕ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪﻫﻮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺇﻳﺠﺎﺑﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﻩ ﺫﻫﻨﻴﺎً ﺃﻭ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﺎﻝ ٍﺃﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻴﺎً‪ .‬ﻳﺰﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦﻗﺪﺭﺗﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺑﺪﺍﻉ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪﺍﺗﻨﺎ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﻀﻴﻒ "ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﻴﻦ"‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻭﺍﺗﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻜﺎﺉﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺠﺴﺪﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﺟﺪﺍً ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺨﻠﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦﻟﺘﺤﻔﻴﺰ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎءﻫﺎ‬

‫‪.1‬ﻓﻜﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻃﻔﻮﻟﺘﻚ‪ .‬ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪.2‬ﺗﺨﻴﻞ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻈﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﺎ‪.‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻟﻢ ﺷﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ‬

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪.‬ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪-‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪- 50-‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓﺍﻟﻤﺎﺿﻲ‬